diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'extra')
159 files changed, 3237 insertions, 3237 deletions
diff --git a/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h index b9fb056..bd85a25 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,30 +27,30 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; class TDEConfigBase; /* - KAccelAction holds information an a given action, such as "Execute Command" + TDEAccelAction holds information an a given action, such as "Execute Command" - 1) KAccelAction = "Execute Command" + 1) TDEAccelAction = "Execute Command" Default3 = "Alt+F2" Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" 1) Meta+Enter 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" 1) Alt+F2 - 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" Default3 = "" Default4 = "" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" 1) KKey = "Meta+X" 1) Meta+X @@ -60,35 +60,35 @@ class TDEConfigBase; */ //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelAction +// TDEAccelAction //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: - KAccelAction(); - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); void clear(); bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ class KAccelAction void setName( const TQString& ); void setLabel( const TQString& ); void setWhatsThis( const TQString& ); - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); void setConfigurable( bool ); void setEnabled( bool ); @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -134,43 +134,43 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: - KAccelActions(); - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); void clear(); - bool init( const KAccelActions& ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions& ); bool init( TDEConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions& ); int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - KAccelAction& operator []( uint ); - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint ); + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; + + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", TDEConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); @@ -182,21 +182,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h index 5405a1f..0fbbe79 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- -class KAccelBasePrivate; +class TDEAccelBasePrivate; /** * Handle keyboard accelerators. * @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A @ref TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *</pre> * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the @ref TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * <pre> * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * </pre> * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.20 2002/03/03 21:20:25 lunakl Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,49 +185,49 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KAccelBasePrivate* d; + TDEAccelBasePrivate* d; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h index 19f243b..a708ee3 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. +* List of @ref TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21 2002/03/04 00:51:52 lunakl Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h index d7dc5b3..9b28d1d 100644 --- a/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ private: * examples: * <pre> * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); + * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "TDEShortURIFilter" ); * * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; + * list << "TDEShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> * diff --git a/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h index b9fb056..bd85a25 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,30 +27,30 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; class TDEConfigBase; /* - KAccelAction holds information an a given action, such as "Execute Command" + TDEAccelAction holds information an a given action, such as "Execute Command" - 1) KAccelAction = "Execute Command" + 1) TDEAccelAction = "Execute Command" Default3 = "Alt+F2" Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" 1) Meta+Enter 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" 1) Alt+F2 - 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" Default3 = "" Default4 = "" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" 1) KKey = "Meta+X" 1) Meta+X @@ -60,35 +60,35 @@ class TDEConfigBase; */ //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelAction +// TDEAccelAction //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: - KAccelAction(); - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); void clear(); bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ class KAccelAction void setName( const TQString& ); void setLabel( const TQString& ); void setWhatsThis( const TQString& ); - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); void setConfigurable( bool ); void setEnabled( bool ); @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -134,43 +134,43 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: - KAccelActions(); - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); void clear(); - bool init( const KAccelActions& ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions& ); bool init( TDEConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions& ); int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - KAccelAction& operator []( uint ); - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint ); + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; + + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", TDEConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); @@ -182,21 +182,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h index 5405a1f..0fbbe79 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- -class KAccelBasePrivate; +class TDEAccelBasePrivate; /** * Handle keyboard accelerators. * @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A @ref TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *</pre> * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the @ref TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * <pre> * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * </pre> * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.20 2002/03/03 21:20:25 lunakl Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,49 +185,49 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KAccelBasePrivate* d; + TDEAccelBasePrivate* d; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h index 8a7c277..e34c4fe 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -295,19 +295,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. +* List of @ref TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.1 2002/04/28 20:59:16 wtrobin Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h index d7dc5b3..9b28d1d 100644 --- a/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ private: * examples: * <pre> * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); + * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "TDEShortURIFilter" ); * * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; + * list << "TDEShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> * diff --git a/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h index b9fb056..bd85a25 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,30 +27,30 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; class TDEConfigBase; /* - KAccelAction holds information an a given action, such as "Execute Command" + TDEAccelAction holds information an a given action, such as "Execute Command" - 1) KAccelAction = "Execute Command" + 1) TDEAccelAction = "Execute Command" Default3 = "Alt+F2" Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" 1) Meta+Enter 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" 1) Alt+F2 - 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" Default3 = "" Default4 = "" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" 1) KKey = "Meta+X" 1) Meta+X @@ -60,35 +60,35 @@ class TDEConfigBase; */ //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelAction +// TDEAccelAction //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: - KAccelAction(); - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); void clear(); bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ class KAccelAction void setName( const TQString& ); void setLabel( const TQString& ); void setWhatsThis( const TQString& ); - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); void setConfigurable( bool ); void setEnabled( bool ); @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -134,43 +134,43 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: - KAccelActions(); - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); void clear(); - bool init( const KAccelActions& ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions& ); bool init( TDEConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions& ); int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - KAccelAction& operator []( uint ); - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint ); + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; + + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", TDEConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); @@ -182,21 +182,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h index 5405a1f..0fbbe79 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class TQWidget; //---------------------------------------------------- -class KAccelBasePrivate; +class TDEAccelBasePrivate; /** * Handle keyboard accelerators. * @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A @ref TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *</pre> * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the @ref TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * <pre> * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * </pre> * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class KAccelBasePrivate; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.20 2002/03/03 21:20:25 lunakl Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,49 +185,49 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KAccelBasePrivate* d; + TDEAccelBasePrivate* d; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h index e7c2015..990504c 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -295,19 +295,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. +* List of @ref TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.2 2002/05/26 13:09:06 carewolf Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h index d7dc5b3..9b28d1d 100644 --- a/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ private: * examples: * <pre> * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); + * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "TDEShortURIFilter" ); * * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; + * list << "TDEShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> * diff --git a/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h index b3ed712..28c52d2 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a @ref TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. * * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * </pre> * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of @ref TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h index 4a1a44f..807c426 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A @ref TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *</pre> * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the @ref TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * <pre> * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * </pre> * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,45 +185,45 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h index c46d726..b58decb 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h index d0230ab..7dd41f8 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. +* List of @ref TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h index 798aafd..db3ac60 100644 --- a/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ private: * examples: * <pre> * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); + * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "TDEShortURIFilter" ); * * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; + * list << "TDEShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> * diff --git a/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h index b3ed712..28c52d2 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a @ref TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. * * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * </pre> * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of @ref TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h index 4a1a44f..807c426 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A @ref TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *</pre> * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the @ref TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * <pre> * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * </pre> * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,45 +185,45 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h index b621e85..639d029 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h index d0230ab..7dd41f8 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. +* List of @ref TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h index 798aafd..db3ac60 100644 --- a/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ private: * examples: * <pre> * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); + * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "TDEShortURIFilter" ); * * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; + * list << "TDEShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> * diff --git a/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h index b3ed712..28c52d2 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a @ref TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. * * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * </pre> * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of @ref TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h index 4a1a44f..807c426 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A @ref TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *</pre> * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the @ref TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * <pre> * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * </pre> * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,45 +185,45 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h index c46d726..b58decb 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h index d0230ab..7dd41f8 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. +* List of @ref TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h index 798aafd..db3ac60 100644 --- a/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ private: * examples: * <pre> * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); + * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "TDEShortURIFilter" ); * * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; + * list << "TDEShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> * diff --git a/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h index b3ed712..28c52d2 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a @ref TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. * * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * </pre> * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of @ref TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h index 4a1a44f..807c426 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A @ref TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *</pre> * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the @ref TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * <pre> * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * </pre> * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,45 +185,45 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h index c46d726..b58decb 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h index d0230ab..7dd41f8 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. +* List of @ref TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h index 798aafd..db3ac60 100644 --- a/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ private: * examples: * <pre> * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); + * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "TDEShortURIFilter" ); * * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; + * list << "TDEShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> * diff --git a/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h index b3ed712..28c52d2 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a @ref TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. * * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * </pre> * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of @ref TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h index 4a1a44f..807c426 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A @ref TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *</pre> * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the @ref TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * <pre> * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * </pre> * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,45 +185,45 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h index a431331..e66aee4 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h index d0230ab..7dd41f8 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. +* List of @ref TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h index 8eb3d5d..c6310f2 100644 --- a/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ private: * examples: * <pre> * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); + * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "TDEShortURIFilter" ); * * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; + * list << "TDEShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> * diff --git a/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h index b3ed712..28c52d2 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a @ref TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. * * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * </pre> * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of @ref TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h index 4a1a44f..807c426 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A @ref TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *</pre> * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the @ref TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * <pre> * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * </pre> * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,45 +185,45 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h index a431331..e66aee4 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h index d0230ab..7dd41f8 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. +* List of @ref TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h index 8eb3d5d..c6310f2 100644 --- a/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h +++ b/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ private: * examples: * <pre> * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); + * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "TDEShortURIFilter" ); * * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; + * list << "TDEShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); * </pre> * diff --git a/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h index da6f449..269136c 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h index 30aeebe..ea654cc 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,46 +185,46 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h index f52901d..b2e7265 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1d94500..2c80447 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -297,19 +297,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h index 320ef0a..2a506c4 100644 --- a/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h index da6f449..269136c 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h index 30aeebe..ea654cc 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,46 +185,46 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h index f52901d..b2e7265 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1d94500..2c80447 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -297,19 +297,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h index 320ef0a..2a506c4 100644 --- a/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h index da6f449..269136c 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h index 30aeebe..ea654cc 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,46 +185,46 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h index f52901d..b2e7265 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1d94500..2c80447 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -297,19 +297,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h index 320ef0a..2a506c4 100644 --- a/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h index da6f449..269136c 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h index 30aeebe..ea654cc 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,46 +185,46 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h index ae66062..772e3f5 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h index f52901d..b2e7265 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1d94500..2c80447 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -297,19 +297,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h index 320ef0a..2a506c4 100644 --- a/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h index da6f449..269136c 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h index 30aeebe..ea654cc 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,46 +185,46 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h index 76f7880..7934f05 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h index 5d6f7de..fd9c00c 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h index 20ab5db..724e26b 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -297,19 +297,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h index 320ef0a..2a506c4 100644 --- a/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h index da6f449..269136c 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h index 30aeebe..ea654cc 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,46 +185,46 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h index 76f7880..7934f05 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h index 5d6f7de..fd9c00c 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h index 20ab5db..724e26b 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -297,19 +297,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h index 320ef0a..2a506c4 100644 --- a/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h index da6f449..269136c 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class KAccelAction +class TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class KAccelActions +class TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h index 30aeebe..ea654cc 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ */ -class KAccelBase +class TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ class KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -185,46 +185,46 @@ class KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h index 76f7880..7934f05 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h index 5d6f7de..fd9c00c 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h index 61a5070..4187c1e 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class KRecentDirs +class TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h index 20ab5db..724e26b 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -297,19 +297,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $ */ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h index 320ef0a..2a506c4 100644 --- a/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h index 51a9076..963ce24 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h index 861ec68..00ab632 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -118,23 +118,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @short Configurable key binding support. */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -184,46 +184,46 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h index 5647257..d6f6290 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h index 2e28010..0c03d6f 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h index 774655e..cc9be16 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class TDEIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs +class TDEIO_EXPORT TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h index ac6789a..f035feb 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -311,19 +311,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.39 2004/12/22 14:08:36 faure Exp $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h index 5900586..563a564 100644 --- a/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class TDERESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h index 51a9076..963ce24 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h index 861ec68..00ab632 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -118,23 +118,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @short Configurable key binding support. */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -184,46 +184,46 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h index 5647257..d6f6290 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h index 2e28010..0c03d6f 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h index 774655e..cc9be16 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class TDEIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs +class TDEIO_EXPORT TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h index ac6789a..f035feb 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -311,19 +311,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.39 2004/12/22 14:08:36 faure Exp $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h index 5900586..563a564 100644 --- a/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class TDERESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h index 51a9076..963ce24 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h index 861ec68..00ab632 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -118,23 +118,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @short Configurable key binding support. */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -184,46 +184,46 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h index 5647257..d6f6290 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h index 2e28010..0c03d6f 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h index 774655e..cc9be16 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class TDEIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs +class TDEIO_EXPORT TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h index 2508411..91d1291 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -311,19 +311,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 372745 2004-12-22 14:08:36Z dfaure $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h index 5900586..563a564 100644 --- a/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class TDERESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h index 51a9076..963ce24 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction TQString m_sName, m_sLabel, m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; + TDEShortcut m_cut; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; const char* m_psMethodSlot; bool m_bConfigurable, @@ -346,36 +346,36 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -418,63 +418,63 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -544,21 +544,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions uint count() const; protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h index 861ec68..00ab632 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -118,23 +118,23 @@ class TQWidget; * @short Configurable key binding support. */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelBase { public: enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); bool isEnabled() const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); @@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -184,46 +184,46 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h index 5647257..d6f6290 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectFont; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h index 2e28010..0c03d6f 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h index 774655e..cc9be16 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class TDEIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs +class TDEIO_EXPORT TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h index 2508411..91d1291 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -311,19 +311,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 372745 2004-12-22 14:08:36Z dfaure $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h index 5900586..563a564 100644 --- a/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class TDERESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h index 9cca25d..809533f 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; - KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, + TDEShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; @@ -349,36 +349,36 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -421,63 +421,63 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -548,9 +548,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions protected: /** Base object that proxies signals from us. */ - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; /** Array of actions we're hanging on to. */ - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated /**< Allocated size of the array. */, m_nSize /**< Amount in use. */ ; @@ -561,16 +561,16 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions */ void resize( uint new_size ); /** Add a action to this collection. @todo Document ownership. */ - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h index 1772f99..e5d832a 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ class TQWidget; * @short Configurable key binding support. */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelBase { public: - /** Initialization mode of the KAccelBase, used in constructor. */ + /** Initialization mode of the TDEAccelBase, used in constructor. */ enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; /** Enum for kinds of signals which may be emitted. */ @@ -130,32 +130,32 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase /** Constructor. @p fInitCode should be a bitwise OR of * values from the Init enum. */ - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); /** Returns number of actions in this handler. */ uint actionCount() const; /** Returns a list of all the actions in this handler. */ - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); /** Returns whether this accelerator handler is enabled or not. */ bool isEnabled() const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + /** Returns a pointer to the TDEAccelAction named @p sAction. */ + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + /** Returns a pointer to the TDEAccelAction associated with * the key @p key. This function takes into account the * key mapping defined in the constructor. * * May return 0 if no (or more than one) * action is associated with the key. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); /** Basically the same as above, except a KKeyServer::Key * already has a key mapping defined (either NATIVE_KEYS or not). */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); /** Returns the name of the configuration group these * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -214,47 +214,47 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: virtual bool isEnabledInternal() const; struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h index 6472231..8ca45d4 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class KActionMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; +class TDEActionMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -146,25 +146,25 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KActionCollection* actions; - KActionCollection* settingsActions; + TDEActionCollection* actions; + TDEActionCollection* settingsActions; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - KToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KActionMenu* m_fontsizes; + TDEActionMenu* m_fontsizes; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h index 2e28010..0c03d6f 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h index 774655e..cc9be16 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h +++ b/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. */ -class TDEIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs +class TDEIO_EXPORT TDERecentDirs { public: /** diff --git a/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1473111..1c08569 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h index 5900586..563a564 100644 --- a/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h +++ b/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -class KListBox; +class TDEListBox; namespace KRES { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class TDERESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); private: - KListBox *mResourceId; + TDEListBox *mResourceId; TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; }; diff --git a/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h index 9cca25d..809533f 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; - KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, + TDEShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; @@ -349,36 +349,36 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -421,63 +421,63 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -548,9 +548,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions protected: /** Base object that proxies signals from us. */ - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; /** Array of actions we're hanging on to. */ - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated /**< Allocated size of the array. */, m_nSize /**< Amount in use. */ ; @@ -561,16 +561,16 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions */ void resize( uint new_size ); /** Add a action to this collection. @todo Document ownership. */ - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h index 1772f99..e5d832a 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ class TQWidget; * @short Configurable key binding support. */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelBase { public: - /** Initialization mode of the KAccelBase, used in constructor. */ + /** Initialization mode of the TDEAccelBase, used in constructor. */ enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; /** Enum for kinds of signals which may be emitted. */ @@ -130,32 +130,32 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase /** Constructor. @p fInitCode should be a bitwise OR of * values from the Init enum. */ - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); /** Returns number of actions in this handler. */ uint actionCount() const; /** Returns a list of all the actions in this handler. */ - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); /** Returns whether this accelerator handler is enabled or not. */ bool isEnabled() const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + /** Returns a pointer to the TDEAccelAction named @p sAction. */ + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + /** Returns a pointer to the TDEAccelAction associated with * the key @p key. This function takes into account the * key mapping defined in the constructor. * * May return 0 if no (or more than one) * action is associated with the key. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); /** Basically the same as above, except a KKeyServer::Key * already has a key mapping defined (either NATIVE_KEYS or not). */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); /** Returns the name of the configuration group these * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -214,47 +214,47 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: virtual bool isEnabledInternal() const; struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h index 6472231..8ca45d4 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class KActionMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; +class TDEActionMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -146,25 +146,25 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KActionCollection* actions; - KActionCollection* settingsActions; + TDEActionCollection* actions; + TDEActionCollection* settingsActions; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - KToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KActionMenu* m_fontsizes; + TDEActionMenu* m_fontsizes; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h index 2e28010..0c03d6f 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1473111..1c08569 100644 --- a/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h index 9cca25d..809533f 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; - KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, + TDEShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; @@ -349,36 +349,36 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -421,63 +421,63 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -548,9 +548,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions protected: /** Base object that proxies signals from us. */ - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; /** Array of actions we're hanging on to. */ - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated /**< Allocated size of the array. */, m_nSize /**< Amount in use. */ ; @@ -561,16 +561,16 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions */ void resize( uint new_size ); /** Add a action to this collection. @todo Document ownership. */ - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h index 1772f99..e5d832a 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ class TQWidget; * @short Configurable key binding support. */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelBase { public: - /** Initialization mode of the KAccelBase, used in constructor. */ + /** Initialization mode of the TDEAccelBase, used in constructor. */ enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; /** Enum for kinds of signals which may be emitted. */ @@ -130,32 +130,32 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase /** Constructor. @p fInitCode should be a bitwise OR of * values from the Init enum. */ - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); /** Returns number of actions in this handler. */ uint actionCount() const; /** Returns a list of all the actions in this handler. */ - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); /** Returns whether this accelerator handler is enabled or not. */ bool isEnabled() const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + /** Returns a pointer to the TDEAccelAction named @p sAction. */ + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + /** Returns a pointer to the TDEAccelAction associated with * the key @p key. This function takes into account the * key mapping defined in the constructor. * * May return 0 if no (or more than one) * action is associated with the key. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); /** Basically the same as above, except a KKeyServer::Key * already has a key mapping defined (either NATIVE_KEYS or not). */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); /** Returns the name of the configuration group these * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -214,47 +214,47 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: virtual bool isEnabledInternal() const; struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h index 6472231..8ca45d4 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class KActionMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; +class TDEActionMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -146,25 +146,25 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KActionCollection* actions; - KActionCollection* settingsActions; + TDEActionCollection* actions; + TDEActionCollection* settingsActions; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - KToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KActionMenu* m_fontsizes; + TDEActionMenu* m_fontsizes; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h index 2e28010..0c03d6f 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1473111..1c08569 100644 --- a/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif diff --git a/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h index 9cca25d..809533f 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h +++ b/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include <kshortcut.h> -class KAccelBase; +class TDEAccelBase; class TQObject; class TDEConfig; @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; /** * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and + * A TDEAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using + * an accelerator key. Each TDEAccelAction has a name, a label, a + * "What's this" string and a TDEShortcut. The user can configure and * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. * * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" + * 1) TDEAccelAction = "Run Command" * Default3 = "Alt+F2" * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" * 1) Meta+Enter * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" + * 2) TDEShortcut = "Alt+F2" * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" + * 2) TDEAccelAction = "Something" * Default3 = "" * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" + * 1) TDEShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" * 1) Meta+X @@ -64,27 +64,27 @@ class TDEConfigBase; * 2) Keypad_Asterisk * \endcode * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel + * @see TDEAccel * @see TDEGlobalAccel * @see KKeyChooser * @see KKeyDialog */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelAction { public: /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. + * Creates an empty TDEAccelAction. * @see clear() */ - KAccelAction(); + TDEAccelAction(); /** * Copy constructor. */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. + * Creates a new TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + TDEAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); + ~TDEAccelAction(); /** * Clears the accelerator. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction void clear(); /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. + * Re-initialized the TDEAccelAction. * @param sName the name of the accelerator * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, + const TDEShortcut& cutDef3, const TDEShortcut& cutDef4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. + * Copies this TDEAccelAction. */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); + TDEAccelAction& operator=( const TDEAccelAction& ); /** * Returns the name of the accelerator action. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction /** * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set + * @return the shortcut of the TDEAccelAction, can be null if not set * @see shortcutDefault() */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } /** * The default shortcut for this system. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see shortcutDefault4() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; /** * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault4() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } /** * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @see shortcutDefault3() * @see useFourModifierKeys() */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } + const TDEShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } /** * Returns the receiver of signals. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); + bool setShortcut( const TDEShortcut& rgCuts ); /** * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * @param i the position of the sequence * @param keySeq the new new sequence * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() + * @see TDEShortcut::setSeq() */ bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() + * @see TDEShortcut::clear() */ void clearShortcut(); @@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. * @param keySeq the key sequence to check * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() + * @see TDEShortcut::contains() */ bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); /** * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() + * @see TDEShortcut::toString() */ TQString toString() const; @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; - KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, + TDEShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; + TDEShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; @@ -349,36 +349,36 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction private: static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionPrivate* d; - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; //--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions +// TDEAccelActions //--------------------------------------------------------------------- /** * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. + * This class represents a collection of TDEAccelAction objects. * * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction + * @see TDEAccelAction */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelActions { public: /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. + * Creates a new, empty TDEAccelActions object. */ - KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions(); /** * Copy constructor (deep copy). */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); + TDEAccelActions( const TDEAccelActions& ); + virtual ~TDEAccelActions(); /** * Removes all items from this collection. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param actions the actions to copy * @return true if successful, false otherwise */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); + bool init( const TDEAccelActions &actions ); /** * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new * shortcuts */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); + void updateShortcuts( TDEAccelActions &shortcuts ); /** * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. @@ -421,63 +421,63 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** * Returns the action with the given name. * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given name, or 0 * if not found */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; /** * Returns the action with the given key sequence. * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 * if not found */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); + TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); /** * Returns the action with the given @p index. * @param index the index of an action. You must not * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index + * @return the TDEAccelAction with the given index * @see actionPtr() * @see count() */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; + const TDEAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; /** * Inserts an action into the collection. @@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) * @return the new action */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); /** * Removes the given action. @@ -548,9 +548,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions protected: /** Base object that proxies signals from us. */ - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; + TDEAccelBase* m_pTDEAccelBase; /** Array of actions we're hanging on to. */ - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; + TDEAccelAction** m_prgActions; uint m_nSizeAllocated /**< Allocated size of the array. */, m_nSize /**< Amount in use. */ ; @@ -561,16 +561,16 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions */ void resize( uint new_size ); /** Add a action to this collection. @todo Document ownership. */ - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); + void insertPtr( TDEAccelAction* ); private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; + class TDEAccelActionsPrivate* d; - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); + TDEAccelActions( TDEAccelBase* ); + void initPrivate( TDEAccelBase* ); + TDEAccelActions& operator =( TDEAccelActions& ); - friend class KAccelBase; + friend class TDEAccelBase; }; #endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h index 1772f99..e5d832a 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h +++ b/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class TQWidget; * key bindings through application configuration files or through the * KKeyChooser GUI. * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item + * A TDEAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) * @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class TQWidget; * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate * two different slots. * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all + * A TDEAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all * children of this parent widget. * * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying @@ -74,33 +74,33 @@ class TQWidget; * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only * in the configuration dialog. *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); + * TDEAccel *a = new TDEAccel( myWindow ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it + * // a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it * // is done automatially with the * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); + * a->connectItem(TDEStdAccel::Print, myWindow, SLOT( printDoc() ) ); * * a->readSettings(); *\endcode * * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. + * this. The example is again the TDEStdAccel::Print from above. * * \code * int id; * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); + * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, TDEStdAccel::Print ); * \endcode * * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, SLOT(printDoc())); * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) + * a->insertStdItem( TDEStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. * * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ class TQWidget; * @short Configurable key binding support. */ -class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase +class TDECORE_EXPORT TDEAccelBase { public: - /** Initialization mode of the KAccelBase, used in constructor. */ + /** Initialization mode of the TDEAccelBase, used in constructor. */ enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; /** Enum for kinds of signals which may be emitted. */ @@ -130,32 +130,32 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase /** Constructor. @p fInitCode should be a bitwise OR of * values from the Init enum. */ - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); + TDEAccelBase( int fInitCode ); + virtual ~TDEAccelBase(); /** Returns number of actions in this handler. */ uint actionCount() const; /** Returns a list of all the actions in this handler. */ - KAccelActions& actions(); + TDEAccelActions& actions(); /** Returns whether this accelerator handler is enabled or not. */ bool isEnabled() const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); + /** Returns a pointer to the TDEAccelAction named @p sAction. */ + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with + const TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; + /** Returns a pointer to the TDEAccelAction associated with * the key @p key. This function takes into account the * key mapping defined in the constructor. * * May return 0 if no (or more than one) * action is associated with the key. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); /** Basically the same as above, except a KKeyServer::Key * already has a key mapping defined (either NATIVE_KEYS or not). */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); + TDEAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); /** Returns the name of the configuration group these * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Procedures for manipulating Actions. //void clearActions(); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); + TDEAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, + const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const TDEShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase bool updateConnections(); - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); + bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const TDEShortcut& cut ); // Modify individual Action sub-items bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); @@ -214,47 +214,47 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase // Protected methods protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); + void slotRemoveAction( TDEAccelAction* ); struct X; void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); + bool insertConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); + bool removeConnection( TDEAccelAction* ); virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool connectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; + virtual bool disconnectKey( TDEAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; protected: virtual bool isEnabledInternal() const; struct ActionInfo { - KAccelAction* pAction; + TDEAccelAction* pAction; uint iSeq, iVariation; //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) + ActionInfo( TDEAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } }; typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - KAccelActions m_rgActions; + TDEAccelActions m_rgActions; KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; + TQValueList<TDEAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes bool m_bEnabled; bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; TQString m_sConfigGroup; bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; + TDEAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); + TDEAccelBase& operator =( const TDEAccelBase& ); - friend class KAccelActions; + friend class TDEAccelActions; }; #endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h index 6472231..8ca45d4 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h +++ b/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ class TDEInstance; class konsoleBrowserExtension; class TQPushButton; class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class KActionMenu; +class TDEPopupMenu; +class TDEActionMenu; class TQCheckBox; class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; +class TDEToggleAction; +class TDESelectAction; namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } @@ -146,25 +146,25 @@ signals: // ColorSchemaList* colors; KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - KActionCollection* actions; - KActionCollection* settingsActions; + TDEActionCollection* actions; + TDEActionCollection* settingsActions; - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - KToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; + TDEToggleAction* blinkingCursor; + TDEToggleAction* showFrame; + TDEToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; + TDESelectAction* selectBell; + TDESelectAction* selectLineSpacing; + TDESelectAction* selectScrollbar; + TDESelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - KActionMenu* m_fontsizes; + TDEActionMenu* m_fontsizes; - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; + TDEPopupMenu* m_keytab; + TDEPopupMenu* m_schema; + TDEPopupMenu* m_signals; + TDEPopupMenu* m_options; + TDEPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; TQFont defaultFont; diff --git a/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h index 2e28010..0c03d6f 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h +++ b/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KPanelMenuPrivate; * * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be> */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu +class TDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public TDEPopupMenu { Q_OBJECT diff --git a/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h index 1473111..1c08569 100644 --- a/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ b/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ #include <tqstring.h> #include <kglobal.h> -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; +class TDEToolBar; +class TDEToolBarButtonPrivate; class TDEInstance; class TQEvent; class TQPopupMenu; class TQPainter; /** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. + * A toolbar button. This is used internally by TDEToolBar, use the + * TDEToolBar methods instead. * @internal */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButton : public TQToolButton { Q_OBJECT @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public: * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) * @param _instance the instance to use for this button */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, TDEInstance *_instance = TDEGlobal::instance()); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public: * @param name This button's internal name * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, + TDEToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); /** @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ public: * @param parent This button's parent * @param name This button's internal name */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); + TDEToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); /** * Standard destructor */ - ~KToolBarButton(); + ~TDEToolBarButton(); #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT /** @@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ protected slots: protected: virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; + TDEToolBarButtonPrivate *d; }; /** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. +* List of TDEToolBarButton objects. * @internal * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ */ -class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> +class TDEUI_EXPORT TDEToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<TDEToolBarButton> { public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} + TDEToolBarButtonList(); + ~TDEToolBarButtonList() {} }; #endif |